Version archive
2 Step Flex – FundingPips
Version 1910/9/2026, 4:32:25 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trading on a Master Account. At purchase, the reward structure is chosen: an 80% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. The choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (8%) with an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose the reward split! Get an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **8% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 12% OFF - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% OFF - **Master Account Reset:** 7% OFF - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during news and speech. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **5 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 5** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. **Trading Rule Clarification** - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight and weekend holding are allowed during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Flex. **Master** On the **Master Account**, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades automatically closed by the system for overnight or weekend holding will not result in an account breach. However, weekday overnight trades will count as a valid trading day, while weekend holding will not count as a valid trading day. Auto-close window for Master Accounts Open positions on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window. Closing starts at the beginning of the window; any position still open at the end of the window will be closed. | Period | Starts | Auto-close window | | --- | --- | --- | | Summer time | First Sunday of March | 20:45 to 21:00 UTC | | Winter time | First Sunday of November | 21:45 to 22:00 UTC | Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekday Overnight & Weekend Trades** **Weekday overnight trades:** Profits from weekday overnight trades will be added to the account balance and will count toward Minimum Trading Days, Minimum Profitable Days, and the Consistency Score. The trade will also be counted as a valid trading day. **Weekend trades:** Profits from weekend trades will still be added to the account balance, while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation but does not count as a valid trading day. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5, cTradeer & Match-Trader This add-on is available on all three platforms. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 80% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). Qualification depends on the cycle and split chosen. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 80% 80% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by half | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Profit Deduction Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning is deducted from the account. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD,<br> CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD,<br> EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD,<br> GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD,<br> NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz),<br> XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100<br> (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225<br> (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500<br> (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 12% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If Phase 1 or Phase 2 is breached through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset appears automatically on the dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts the account at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size and trading platform. and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and an email notification is also sent. News & Weekend Holding Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? Weekend holding is allowed during the Evaluation phases but is not allowed on Master Accounts by default. On Master Accounts, weekend holding can be enabled at the time of purchase through a 10% add-on. If weekend holding is not enabled, any open trades will be automatically closed before the weekend. This will not result in a hard breach, but the trades will not count as a valid trading day. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. Profitable days are the qualification path in each phase on the 95% split, and for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. The 80% or 95% split is chosen at purchase, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 80% split, 14 calendar days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, 3 profitable days in the cycle are also required. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted whenever ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A maximum of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 2e6a2c6266931a22ca08b69a9eabec852cb52616ded7e4b33788b359cbe81050
Version 1810/8/2026, 4:32:51 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trading on a Master Account. At purchase, the reward structure is chosen: an 80% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. The choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (8%) with an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose the reward split! Get an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **8% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 12% OFF - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% OFF - **Master Account Reset:** 7% OFF - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during news and speech. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Flex. **Master** On the **Master Account**, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. **Auto-close window for Master Accounts** Open positions on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window: • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45 – 21:00 UTC • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45 – 22:00 UTC Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any position still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score** Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5, cTradeer & Match-Trader This add-on is available on all three platforms. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 80% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). Qualification depends on the cycle and split chosen. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 80% 80% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by half | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Profit Deduction Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning is deducted from the account. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD,<br> CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD,<br> EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD,<br> GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD,<br> NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz),<br> XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100<br> (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225<br> (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500<br> (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 12% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If Phase 1 or Phase 2 is breached through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset appears automatically on the dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts the account at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size and trading platform. and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and an email notification is also sent. News & Weekend Holding Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? Weekend holding is allowed during the Evaluation phases but is not allowed on Master Accounts by default. On Master Accounts, weekend holding can be enabled at the time of purchase through a 10% add-on. If weekend holding is not enabled, any open trades will be automatically closed before the weekend. This will not result in a hard breach, but the trades will not count as a valid trading day. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. Profitable days are the qualification path in each phase on the 95% split, and for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. The 80% or 95% split is chosen at purchase, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 80% split, 14 calendar days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, 3 profitable days in the cycle are also required. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted whenever ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A maximum of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 ddf5f2d1fba31e7b5654564d22415977844275cb333b168930bd28ab7f12f3b4
Version 1710/6/2026, 4:33:17 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trading on a Master Account. At purchase, the reward structure is chosen: an 80% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. The choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (8%) with an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose the reward split! Get an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **8% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:**differs by account size - $50K and below: **20% off** - For $100K: **15% off** - **Phase 2 Reset:** 12% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during news and speech. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Flex. **Master** On the **Master Account**, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. **Auto-close window for Master Accounts** Open positions on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window: • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45 – 21:00 UTC • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45 – 22:00 UTC Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any position still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score** Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5, cTradeer & Match-Trader This add-on is available on all three platforms. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 80% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). Qualification depends on the cycle and split chosen. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 80% 80% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by half | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Profit Deduction Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning is deducted from the account. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD,<br> CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD,<br> EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD,<br> GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD,<br> NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz),<br> XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100<br> (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225<br> (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500<br> (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 8% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 8% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If Phase 1 or Phase 2 is breached through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 8% discount appears automatically on the dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts the account at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and an email notification is also sent. News & Weekend Holding Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? Weekend holding is allowed during the Evaluation phases but is not allowed on Master Accounts by default. On Master Accounts, weekend holding can be enabled at the time of purchase through a 10% add-on. If weekend holding is not enabled, any open trades will be automatically closed before the weekend. This will not result in a hard breach, but the trades will not count as a valid trading day. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. Profitable days are the qualification path in each phase on the 95% split, and for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. The 80% or 95% split is chosen at purchase, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 80% split, 14 calendar days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, 3 profitable days in the cycle are also required. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted whenever ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A maximum of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 780bb3ae3034e1263e60029b17ca2d337f65d3cf7004ce2caa0fb4b84b6ad821
Version 1610/2/2026, 4:41:07 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trading on a Master Account. At purchase, the reward structure is chosen: an 80% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. The choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (8%) with an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose the reward split! Get an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to MasterAccount ViolationsNews & Weekend HoldingRewardsCommission & Leverage Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **8% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:**differs by account size - $50K and below: **20% off** - For $100K: **15% off** - **Phase 2 Reset:** 12% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during news and speech. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Flex. **Master** On the **Master Account**, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. **Auto-close window for Master Accounts** Open positions on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window: • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45 – 21:00 UTC • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45 – 22:00 UTC Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any position still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score** Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5, cTradeer & Match-Trader This add-on is available on all three platforms. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 80% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). Qualification depends on the cycle and split chosen. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 80% 80% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by half | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Profit Deduction Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning is deducted from the account. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD,<br> CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD,<br> EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD,<br> GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD,<br> NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz),<br> XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100<br> (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225<br> (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500<br> (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 8% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 8% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If Phase 1 or Phase 2 is breached through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 8% discount appears automatically on the dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts the account at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and an email notification is also sent. News & Weekend Holding Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? Weekend holding is allowed during the Evaluation phases but is not allowed on Master Accounts by default. On Master Accounts, weekend holding can be enabled at the time of purchase through a 10% add-on. If weekend holding is not enabled, any open trades will be automatically closed before the weekend. This will not result in a hard breach, but the trades will not count as a valid trading day. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. Profitable days are the qualification path in each phase on the 95% split, and for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. The 80% or 95% split is chosen at purchase, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 80% split, 14 calendar days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, 3 profitable days in the cycle are also required. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted whenever ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A maximum of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 fb35c835b62d5e2f4266deaffb8d28d9a21b8bda105ad01abbc6401b12995e3f
Version 159/30/2026, 4:31:23 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trading on a Master Account. At purchase, the reward structure is chosen: an 80% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. The choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (8%) with an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose the reward split! Get an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **8% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:**differs by account size - $50K and below: **20% off** - For $100K: **15% off** - **Phase 2 Reset:** 12% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during news and speech. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Flex. **Master** On the **Master Account**, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. **Auto-close window for Master Accounts** Open positions on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window: • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45 – 21:00 UTC • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45 – 22:00 UTC Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any position still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score** Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 80% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). Qualification depends on the cycle and split chosen. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 80% 80% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by half<br> (for example,<br> from 80% to 40%). | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Profit Deduction Any profit from trade ideas that received a warning is deducted from the account. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD,<br> CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD,<br> EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD,<br> GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD,<br> NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz),<br> XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100<br> (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225<br> (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500<br> (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 8% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 8% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If Phase 1 or Phase 2 is breached through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 8% discount appears automatically on the dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts the account at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and an email notification is also sent. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? Weekend holding is allowed during the Evaluation phases but is not allowed on Master Accounts by default. On Master Accounts, weekend holding can be enabled at the time of purchase through a 10% add-on. If weekend holding is not enabled, any open trades will be automatically closed before the weekend. This will not result in a hard breach, but the trades will not count as a valid trading day. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. Profitable days are the qualification path in each phase on the 95% split, and for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. The 80% or 95% split is chosen at purchase, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 80% split, 14 calendar days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, 3 profitable days in the cycle are also required. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted whenever ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A maximum of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 a478fc3ecfe4b39ef0929c09952d1f4cc9c19bd58dbf225ebaa82800dfb9bc43
Version 149/29/2026, 4:31:35 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trading on a Master Account. At purchase, the reward structure is chosen: an 80% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. The choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (8%) with an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose the reward split! Get an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **8% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during news and speech. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding **Evaluation** Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Flex. **Master** On the **Master Account**, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. **Auto-close window for Master Accounts** Open positions on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window: • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45 – 21:00 UTC • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45 – 22:00 UTC Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any position still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score** Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 80% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). Qualification depends on the cycle and split chosen. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 80% 80% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. How does the Striking System work? The **Striking System** applies when the closed and floating loss on one trade idea reaches **1% of the Master Account size**. All losses from a single trade idea are counted together. A **trade idea** can be any of the following: - One trade - Multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction - Two or more new trades opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade Warnings are cumulative and do not reset between Reward cycles. | Warning | What happens | | --- | --- | | **1st** | A warning is recorded. | | **2nd** | The reward split drops by half<br> (for example,<br> from 80% to 40%). | | **3rd** | The reward split drops to 20%. | | **4th** | Account breach. The account is closed immediately. | Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD,<br> CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD,<br> EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD,<br> GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD,<br> NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz),<br> XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100<br> (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225<br> (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500<br> (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 8% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 8% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If Phase 1 or Phase 2 is breached through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 8% discount appears automatically on the dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts the account at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and an email notification is also sent. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? Weekend holding is allowed during the Evaluation phases but is not allowed on Master Accounts by default. On Master Accounts, weekend holding can be enabled at the time of purchase through a 10% add-on. If weekend holding is not enabled, any open trades will be automatically closed before the weekend. This will not result in a hard breach, but the trades will not count as a valid trading day. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. Profitable days are the qualification path in each phase on the 95% split, and for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. The 80% or 95% split is chosen at purchase, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 80% split, 14 calendar days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, 3 profitable days in the cycle are also required. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted whenever ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A maximum of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 37d0f3925b5c195f6762007a6534fb4b36b3e4a4407a9d0b8e1fdd864045ed45
Version 139/28/2026, 4:31:44 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trading on a Master Account. At purchase, the reward structure is chosen: an 80% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. The choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (8%) with an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose the reward split! Get an 80% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Overnight & Weekend Holding**: always allowed on Evals. Allowed on Master with Swing Add-on. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **8% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 80% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 80% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 8% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during news and speech. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Overnight & Weekend Holding #### Evaluation Overnight & Weekend holding are allowed during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Flex. #### Master On the **Master Account**, holding trades overnight and over the weekend is **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system unless you have the **Swing add-on**. Trades closed by the system for Overnight & Weekend holding will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. **Auto-close window for Master Accounts** Open positions on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts are closed by the system each day within a 15-minute window: • Summer time (from the first Sunday of March): 20:45 – 21:00 UTC • Winter time (from the first Sunday of November): 21:45 – 22:00 UTC Closing starts at the beginning of the window, and any position still open at the end of it will be closed. Overnight and weekend holding on Master Accounts can be enabled at the time of purchase through an **Add-on**. **Impact of Weekend trades on consistency score** Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 80% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). Qualification depends on the cycle and split chosen. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 80% 80% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly80% Split Request a Reward with an **80% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swing and Swap free accounts | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD,<br> CADCHF,<br> CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD,<br> EURCHF,<br> EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD,<br> GBPCAD,<br> GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD,<br> NZDCHF,<br> NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz),<br> XAGUSD<br> Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100<br> (UK<br> 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225<br> (Japan<br> 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500<br> (US<br> SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 8% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 8% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If Phase 1 or Phase 2 is breached through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 8% discount appears automatically on the dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts the account at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and an email notification is also sent. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? Weekend holding is allowed during the Evaluation phases but is not allowed on Master Accounts by default. On Master Accounts, weekend holding can be enabled at the time of purchase through a 10% add-on. If weekend holding is not enabled, any open trades will be automatically closed before the weekend. This will not result in a hard breach, but the trades will not count as a valid trading day. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. Profitable days are the qualification path in each phase on the 95% split, and for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. The 80% or 95% split is chosen at purchase, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 80% split, 14 calendar days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, 3 profitable days in the cycle are also required. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted whenever ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A maximum of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 c97b04f4897848360a6b488f098e3ce330b4c4a54a1ab090bf54656779f025fb
Version 129/25/2026, 4:30:51 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trading on a Master Account. At purchase, the reward structure is chosen: an 85% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. The choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (6%) with an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose the reward split! Get an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests trading skills and builds a trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms consistency and validates Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **6% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If an account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, it can restart quickly without changing the setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on the dashboard once the account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Flex (10% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $1,500, so 60% of the target is **$1,500**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,600, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,500. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,600, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $1,500 profit target, even if the account balance is below its initial account size. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If currently in Phase 1 and passing after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once both phases are passed, the opportunity to trade on a Master Account is offered. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of established rules. Committing a hard breach results in immediate account closure with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea Limit 3% / 2% Master Account only. 3% at $25K, 2% above $25K. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between the opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both balance and equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on the FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Account Only Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts only, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on the Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K accounts:** No Restrictions - **$25K accounts:** 3% of the Master Account Size. - **Accounts above $25K:** 2% of the Master Account Size. * * * 1 Single Trades The biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for the account size. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** A single trade loss of $2K or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $250 - Trade 3 loss: $200 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2K = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$450 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$300 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2K = Breach What counts as activity? The account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after the last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. Trades can be held and managed during news and speech. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Trades can be held during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, trades cannot be opened or closed on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026 - Holding trades over the weekend exposes the account to gap risk when markets reopen on Monday. Weekend holds are permitted during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Flex. Opening and Closing trades during the weekend is not allowed for both Evaluation and Master phase. On the **Master Account**, a temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system over the weekend. This will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 85% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). Qualification depends on the cycle and split chosen. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 85% 85% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly85% Split Request a Reward with an **85% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Mechanics of the Master Account, including purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | Once Phase 2 is passed and the account moves to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to the entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning only a small fraction of the trade's full value is needed as margin. As the position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. The margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not the entire position. So, the lower tiers always benefit the trade, no matter how large it becomes. ## Instruments 41 instruments across 5 asset classes Forex, Metals, Indices, Energies, and Crypto EURUSDGBPUSDUSDJPYUSDCHFUSDCADAUDUSDNZDUSDAUDCADAUDCHFAUDJPYAUDNZDCADCHFCADJPYCHFJPYEURAUDEURCADEURCHFEURGBPEURJPYEURNZDGBPAUDGBPCADGBPCHFGBPJPYGBPNZDNZDCADNZDCHFNZDJPYXAUUSDXAGUSDDJI30FTSE100GER40JP225NDX100SPX500STX50UKOILUSOILBTCUSDETHUSD FX Majors · 7FX Crosses · 21Metals · 2Indices & Energies · 9Crypto · 2 View full instrument list by category | Category | Instruments | | --- | --- | | FX Majors7 | EURUSD, GBPUSD, USDJPY, USDCHF, USDCAD, AUDUSD, NZDUSD | | FX Crosses21 | AUDCAD, AUDCHF, AUDJPY, AUDNZD, CADCHF, CADJPY, CHFJPY, EURAUD, EURCAD, EURCHF, EURGBP, EURJPY, EURNZD, GBPAUD, GBPCAD, GBPCHF, GBPJPY, GBPNZD, NZDCAD, NZDCHF, NZDJPY | | Metals2 · spot | XAUUSD Gold (1 lot = 100 oz), XAGUSD Silver (1 lot = 5,000 oz) | | Indices7 · cash | DJI30 (US Wall Street 30), FTSE100 (UK 100), GER40 (Germany 40), JP225 (Japan 225), NDX100 (US Tech 100), SPX500 (US SPX 500), STX50 (EU Stocks 50) | | Energies2 · spot | UKOIL (Crude Oil Brent), USOIL (Crude Oil WTI) | | Crypto2 | BTCUSD (Bitcoin vs USD), ETHUSD (Ethereum vs USD) | Instrument specifics such as market hours, contract size, and swap rates are available in the trading platform. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. Any pace works, as long as at least one trade is completed every 30 days to avoid inactivity and all trading rules are followed throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once all Phase 1 objectives are finished, the Phase 2 account will be ready! The new login details appear on the dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, the profit target must be reached with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on the dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If Phase 1 or Phase 2 is breached through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on the dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts the account at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment the account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? The account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. The dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and an email notification is also sent. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. Profitable days are the qualification path in each phase on the 95% split, and for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. The 85% or 95% split is chosen at purchase, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after the first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, 3 profitable days in the cycle are also required. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once the reward cycle is complete, it stays available until requested. The request can be submitted whenever ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? A maximum of 1 lot per click can be opened on crypto, as long as the account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. 4 of these days are required before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If the evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. The evaluation still passes normally. The only consequence is that the Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 97b86e036505ecba6eea1d3b30589c67ff607f4c3551c7c559cd8a5b9dae1e9a
Version 119/17/2026, 4:13:17 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. You pass Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trade a Master Account. When you buy, you choose how you earn your rewards: an 85% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. Your choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (6%) with an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose your reward split! Get an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **6% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Flex (10% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $1,500, so 60% of the target is **$1,500**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,600, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,500. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,600, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $1,500 profit target, even if the account balance is below its initial account size. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Your equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea Limit 3% / 2% Master Account only. 3% at $25K, 2% above $25K. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Your equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Your equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Account Only Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts only, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K accounts:** No Restrictions - **$25K accounts:** 3% of the Master Account Size. - **Accounts above $25K:** 2% of the Master Account Size. * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** A single trade loss of $2K or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $250 - Trade 3 loss: $200 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2K = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$450 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$300 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2K = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on your account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during news and speech. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. You can hold trades during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026 - Holding trades over the weekend exposes your account to gap risk when markets reopen on Monday. Weekend holds are permitted during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 2 Step Flex. Opening and Closing trades during the weekend is not allowed for both Evaluation and Master phase. On the **Master Account**, a temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. All open trades will be automatically closed by the system over the weekend. This will not result in an account breach; however, it will not count as a valid trading day. Profits from these trades will still be added to the account balance while the biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be included in the consistency score calculation. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 85% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). How you qualify depends on the cycle and split you choose. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 85% 85% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly85% Split Request a Reward with an **85% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If your Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If you breach Phase 1 or Phase 2 through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on your dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts you at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and you will also receive an email notification. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. Profitable days are how you qualify in each phase on the 95% split, and how you qualify for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. You choose the 85% or 95% split when you buy the account, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, you also need 3 profitable days in the cycle. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request whenever you are ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a maximum of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 7796d620229fc1f576c90aa4777a0e265fceb298f3c1c343fe018980ea3c2352
Version 109/12/2026, 4:10:54 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. You pass Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trade a Master Account. When you buy, you choose how you earn your rewards: an 85% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. Your choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (6%) with an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose your reward split! Get an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **6% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Your equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea Limit 3% / 2% Master Account only. 3% at $25K, 2% above $25K. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Your equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Your equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Account Only Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts only, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K accounts:** No Restrictions - **$25K accounts:** 3% of the Master Account Size. - **Accounts above $25K:** 2% of the Master Account Size. * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** A single trade loss of $2K or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $250 - Trade 3 loss: $200 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2K = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$450 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$300 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2K = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on your account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during news and speech. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. You can hold trades during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to **trades opened** **or closed near high-impact news events**. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; the window runs from **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** . Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened or closed within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026 - Holding trades over the weekend exposes your account to gap risk when markets reopen on Monday. Weekend holds are permitted during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 1 Step Flex, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Flex, and 2 Step Pro accounts. On the **Master Account**, a temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system over the weekend. This will not result in an account breach. Profits from trades held over the weekend and automatically closed by the system will be added to the account balance. The biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be counted as the basis for calculating the consistency score. However, these profits will not count as a valid trading day. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 85% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). How you qualify depends on the cycle and split you choose. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 85% 85% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly85% Split Request a Reward with an **85% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If your Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If you breach Phase 1 or Phase 2 through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on your dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts you at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and you will also receive an email notification. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. Profitable days are how you qualify in each phase on the 95% split, and how you qualify for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. You choose the 85% or 95% split when you buy the account, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, you also need 3 profitable days in the cycle. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request whenever you are ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a maximum of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 aeff91ffd81f187a63e2be89527b2f7b28b4ec83d867547662429224699704e3
Version 99/11/2026, 4:10:54 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. You pass Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trade a Master Account. When you buy, you choose how you earn your rewards: an 85% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. Your choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (6%) with an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose your reward split! Get an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **6% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Your equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea Limit 3% / 2% Master Account only. 3% at $25K, 2% above $25K. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Your equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Your equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Account Only Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts only, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K accounts:** No Restrictions - **$25K accounts:** 3% of the Master Account Size. - **Accounts above $25K:** 2% of the Master Account Size. * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** A single trade loss of $2K or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $250 - Trade 3 loss: $200 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2K = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$450 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$300 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2K = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News & Speeches Trading We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on your account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during news and speech. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. You can hold trades during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; you cannot open or close positions within **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** on the affected currencies. Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened, closed, or held within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. ## Holding Trades Over the Weekend Temporary Update: Effective 29 January 2026 - Holding trades over the weekend exposes your account to gap risk when markets reopen on Monday. Weekend holds are permitted during **evaluation phases** for all instruments on 1 Step Flex, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Flex, and 2 Step Pro accounts. On the **Master Account**, a temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Standard Master Accounts. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system over the weekend. This will not result in an account breach. Profits from trades held over the weekend and automatically closed by the system will be added to the account balance. The biggest winning day and biggest losing day will be counted as the basis for calculating the consistency score. However, these profits will not count as a valid trading day. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 85% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). How you qualify depends on the cycle and split you choose. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 85% 85% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly85% Split Request a Reward with an **85% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If your Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If you breach Phase 1 or Phase 2 through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on your dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts you at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and you will also receive an email notification. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. Profitable days are how you qualify in each phase on the 95% split, and how you qualify for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. You choose the 85% or 95% split when you buy the account, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, you also need 3 profitable days in the cycle. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request whenever you are ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a maximum of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 058cc47dc0a54cf866c7ada5c46d6b6f03514d5829cf5f021e01fcc621f9cef3
Version 89/10/2026, 4:10:58 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. You pass Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trade a Master Account. When you buy, you choose how you earn your rewards: an 85% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. Your choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (6%) with an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose your reward split! Get an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **6% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Your equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea Limit 3% / 2% Master Account only. 3% at $25K, 2% above $25K. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Your equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Your equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Account Only Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts only, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K accounts:** No Restrictions - **$25K accounts:** 3% of the Master Account Size. - **Accounts above $25K:** 2% of the Master Account Size. * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** A single trade loss of $2K or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $250 - Trade 3 loss: $200 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2K = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$450 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$300 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2K = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on your account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during news and speech. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The restricted window Restricted **News**; you cannot open or close positions within **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** **high-impact news** on the affected currencies. Restricted **Speeches**; the window spans from **10 minutes before the high-impact speech begins until 10** **minutes after** it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits made from trades opened, closed, or held within the restricted window around any high-impact news and speeches on the affected currency may be deducted. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 85% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). How you qualify depends on the cycle and split you choose. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 85% 85% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly85% Split Request a Reward with an **85% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 This applies to Evaluation Accounts purchased **on or after** **15 August 2026**. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If your Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If you breach Phase 1 or Phase 2 through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on your dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts you at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and you will also receive an email notification. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. Profitable days are how you qualify in each phase on the 95% split, and how you qualify for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. You choose the 85% or 95% split when you buy the account, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, you also need 3 profitable days in the cycle. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request whenever you are ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a maximum of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 5175c8979480ae15ec86152e868cf759f1ab4869ca029b7b837a98fdfee24da9
Version 78/28/2026, 4:04:26 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. You pass Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trade a Master Account. When you buy, you choose how you earn your rewards: an 85% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. Your choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (6%) with an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose your reward split! Get an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **6% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Your equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea Limit 3% / 2% Master Account only. 3% at $25K, 2% above $25K. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Your equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Your equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Account Only Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts only, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K accounts:** No Restrictions - **$25K accounts:** 3% of the Master Account Size. - **Accounts above $25K:** 2% of the Master Account Size. * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** A single trade loss of $2K or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $250 - Trade 3 loss: $200 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2K = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$450 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$300 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2K = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the News and Speeches . Trading during high-impact news and speeches is subject to specific restrictions depending on your account phase. Important Purposely trading during news and speeches in both the Evaluation and Master phases is prohibited and will result in account closure. Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during news and speech. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news and speeches on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a Restricted high-impact news and speeches on the affected currencies. This window spans **5 minutes before or 5 minutes** **after** the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profit Deduction Profits from trades made during a Restricted high-impact news and speeches may be subject to profit deduction. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 85% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). How you qualify depends on the cycle and split you choose. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 85% 85% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly85% Split Request a Reward with an **85% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If your Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If you breach Phase 1 or Phase 2 through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on your dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts you at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and you will also receive an email notification. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. Profitable days are how you qualify in each phase on the 95% split, and how you qualify for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. You choose the 85% or 95% split when you buy the account, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, you also need 3 profitable days in the cycle. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request whenever you are ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a maximum of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 62513c9387f12c1470df3dfb2c6a37695c166d2d157d20fe71f20d5b58bd9239
Version 68/27/2026, 4:12:26 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. You pass Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trade a Master Account. When you buy, you choose how you earn your rewards: an 85% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. Your choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (6%) with an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose your reward split! Get an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 1 accounts and accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **6% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing Phase 2 accounts will retain the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split. Reset and new accounts purchased on or after 26 August 2026 will require 1 minimum trading. day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Your equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea Limit 3% / 2% Master Account only. 3% at $25K, 2% above $25K. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Your equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Your equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Account Only Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts only, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K accounts:** No Restrictions - **$25K accounts:** 3% of the Master Account Size. - **Accounts above $25K:** 2% of the Master Account Size. * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** A single trade loss of $2K or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $250 - Trade 3 loss: $200 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2K = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$450 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$300 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2K = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source, which features the High-impact News, Speeches and Significant Unscheduled Market Event (SUME). Evaluation Phase There are **no news trading restrictions during the Evaluation phase**. You can hold and manage trades during the news events. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Soft Breach These rules do not result in account closure, but affected profits will be deducted. Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades made during a Significant Unscheduled Market Event (SUME), that cause extreme volatility, abnormal price movements, liquidity issues, widening spreads, or price gaps, may be subject to **profit deduction.** 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Important Purposely trading news in both evaluation phase and master phase is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 85% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). How you qualify depends on the cycle and split you choose. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 85% 85% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly85% Split Request a Reward with an **85% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If your Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If you breach Phase 1 or Phase 2 through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on your dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts you at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and you will also receive an email notification. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. Profitable days are how you qualify in each phase on the 95% split, and how you qualify for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. You choose the 85% or 95% split when you buy the account, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, you also need 3 profitable days in the cycle. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request whenever you are ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a maximum of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 2227f8f9effa03c60bc4bd371d82c6d9eea1b2f78527a6bbe37be2db3bef2ed9
Version 58/26/2026, 4:02:35 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. You pass Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trade a Master Account. When you buy, you choose how you earn your rewards: an 85% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. Your choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (6%) with an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose your reward split! Get an 85% split with 1 minimum trading day, or 95% on 3 profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing 2 Step Flex Phase 1 accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will keep the 0 minimum trading day requirement for the 85% split, while new and reset accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **6% profit target** during Phase 2. - **1 minimum trading day** on the 85% split, or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Existing 2 Step Flex Phase 2 accounts purchased before 26 August 2026 will keep the 0 minimum trading days requirement for the 85% split, while new and reset accounts will require 1 minimum trading day. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Your equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea Limit 3% / 2% Master Account only. 3% at $25K, 2% above $25K. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Your equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Your equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Account Only Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts only, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K accounts:** No Restrictions - **$25K accounts:** 3% of the Master Account Size. - **Accounts above $25K:** 2% of the Master Account Size. * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** A single trade loss of $2K or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $250 - Trade 3 loss: $200 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2K = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$450 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$300 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2K = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits depending on the violated rule. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds Soft Breach: Profits Removed We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source. High-impact events and speeches, including **Trump speeches and tweets**. Evaluation Stage There are **no restrictions** on holding trades during news events during either evaluation phase. You are free to manage your trades as you see fit. Important Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect since 29 January 2026: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades opened or closed within this window will not be counted on the Master Account. The full profit of the affected trade is deducted, not just the portion earned during the window. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 85% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). How you qualify depends on the cycle and split you choose. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 85% 85% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly85% Split Request a Reward with an **85% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If your Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If you breach Phase 1 or Phase 2 through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on your dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts you at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and you will also receive an email notification. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. Profitable days are how you qualify in each phase on the 95% split, and how you qualify for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. You choose the 85% or 95% split when you buy the account, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, you also need 3 profitable days in the cycle. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request whenever you are ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a maximum of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 710cf22d7c18a8fda47227a9780bd02a7f3063b5c8e53f71ee3fccd0a842237f
Version 48/22/2026, 5:31:31 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. You pass Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trade a Master Account. When you buy, you choose how you earn your rewards: an 85% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. Your choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (6%) with an 85% split with no minimum trading days, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose your reward split! Get an 85% split with no minimum trading days, or 95% on profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **No minimum trading days** on the 85% split (pass as soon as you hit the target), or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **6% profit target** during Phase 2. - **No minimum trading days** on the 85% split (pass as soon as you hit the target), or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **reward cycle** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require **4 minimum profitable days** before each reward can be requested. This applies if the account has not yet reached the full profit target, in profit, or in drawdown. How does the Profit Concentration Policy work? 1 The trigger During any Evaluation phase, if a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the phase's profit target**, the policy is triggered. This applies even if the account has not yet reached the full profit target. **Example: 2 Step Standard (8% target on a $25K** **account)** the profit target is $2,000, so 60% of the target is **$1,200**. Account in profit $26,500 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is triggered because that single trade idea contributed more than $1,200. Account in drawdown $24,900 If one trade idea contributed $1,250, the policy is also triggered, the trade idea exceeded 60% of the $2,000 profit target, even though the account is still below the profit target. - The policy is assessed at the phase level. Each phase is evaluated independently. Triggering the policy **does not fail the Evaluation**. It only adds an additional reward requirement once the Evaluation is passed, the Master Account is obtained, and a reward is requested. 2 The requirement When the policy is triggered, the Master Account created after passing that evaluation requires a minimum of **4** **profitable days** before each reward can be requested. - **A profitable day** is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. - The 4 profitable days do not need to be consecutive. - The profitable-day requirement applies even if the Master Account is in drawdown, as long as the required daily profit threshold is met. - Once 4 profitable days are achieved, reward requests are available as normal. Example: on a $100K Master Account (0.5% = $500) If the account is currently $98,000 in drawdown, but the day closes with $600 in net realized profit, that day qualifies as one profitable day. The account does not need to recover the drawdown before the day can count. 3 What counts as a trade idea One trade, multiple trades running together on the same instrument and in the same direction, or any new trade opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade is considered a single trade idea. All closed profits or losses from a single trade idea are counted together. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Your equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea Limit 3% / 2% Master Account only. 3% at $25K, 2% above $25K. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Your equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Your equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Account Only Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts only, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K accounts:** No Restrictions - **$25K accounts:** 3% of the Master Account Size. - **Accounts above $25K:** 2% of the Master Account Size. * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** A single trade loss of $2K or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $250 - Trade 3 loss: $200 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2K = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$450 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$300 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2K = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits depending on the violated rule. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds Soft Breach: Profits Removed We use the **Economic Calendar on the FundingPips dashboard** as our official news source. High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red. Evaluation Stage There are **no restrictions** on holding trades during news events during either evaluation phase. You are free to manage your trades as you see fit. Important Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect since 29 January 2026: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades opened or closed within this window will not be counted on the Master Account. The full profit of the affected trade is deducted, not just the portion earned during the window. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 85% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). How you qualify depends on the cycle and split you choose. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 85% 85% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly85% Split Request a Reward with an **85% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If your Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If you breach Phase 1 or Phase 2 through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on your dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts you at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and you will also receive an email notification. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. Profitable days are how you qualify in each phase on the 95% split, and how you qualify for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. You choose the 85% or 95% split when you buy the account, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, you also need 3 profitable days in the cycle. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request whenever you are ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a maximum of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If your Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If you breach Phase 1 or Phase 2 through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on your dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts you at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and you will also receive an email notification. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. Profitable days are how you qualify in each phase on the 95% split, and how you qualify for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. You choose the 85% or 95% split when you buy the account, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, you also need 3 profitable days in the cycle. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request whenever you are ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a maximum of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 8e6a1d825a84effdad8c63b71f4c61ce8af2b6b56187036c4c3f0273fc58c0b7
Version 38/20/2026, 5:40:43 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. You pass Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trade a Master Account. When you buy, you choose how you earn your rewards: an 85% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. Your choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (6%) with an 85% split with no minimum trading days, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose your reward split! Get an 85% split with no minimum trading days, or 95% on profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **No minimum trading days** on the 85% split (pass as soon as you hit the target), or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **6% profit target** during Phase 2. - **No minimum trading days** on the 85% split (pass as soon as you hit the target), or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **reward cycle** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing **will require** **4 minimum profitable days before** **each reward can be requested.** What counts as a trade idea A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. Minimum profitable days on the Master Account If the policy is triggered, your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before you can request a reward. A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least **0.5% of the account's initial balance** on the Master Account. The 4 days do not need to be consecutive. Passing the evaluation is not affected Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The policy only affects when you can request your reward on the Master Account. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Your equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea Limit 3% / 2% Master Account only. 3% at $25K, 2% above $25K. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Your equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Your equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Account Only Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts only, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K accounts:** No Restrictions - **$25K accounts:** 3% of the Master Account Size. - **Accounts above $25K:** 2% of the Master Account Size. * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** A single trade loss of $2K or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $250 - Trade 3 loss: $200 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2K = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$450 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$300 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2K = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits depending on the violated rule. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds Soft Breach: Profits Removed We use **Forex Factory** as our official news source. High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red. You can also access the calendar directly through your dashboard. Evaluation Stage There are **no restrictions** on holding trades during news events during either evaluation phase. You are free to manage your trades as you see fit. Important Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect since 29 January 2026: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades opened or closed within this window will not be counted on the Master Account. The full profit of the affected trade is deducted, not just the portion earned during the window. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 85% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). How you qualify depends on the cycle and split you choose. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 85% 85% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly85% Split Request a Reward with an **85% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The consistency score and profitable days reset after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** to qualify for a reward, each with **0.5% or more** profit of the starting Master Account Size. Profitable days resets after each reward. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If your Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If you breach Phase 1 or Phase 2 through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on your dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts you at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and you will also receive an email notification. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. Profitable days are how you qualify in each phase on the 95% split, and how you qualify for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. You choose the 85% or 95% split when you buy the account, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, you also need 3 profitable days in the cycle. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request whenever you are ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a maximum of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 655e77e0a46e41ca1fcb48c5e8650c705dcdef00fac0130f48f87d2a7905c3c5
Version 28/19/2026, 4:32:05 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. You pass Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trade a Master Account. When you buy, you choose how you earn your rewards: an 85% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. Your choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (6%) with an 85% split with no minimum trading days, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose your reward split! Get an 85% split with no minimum trading days, or 95% on profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **No minimum trading days** on the 85% split (pass as soon as you hit the target), or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **6% profit target** during Phase 2. - **No minimum trading days** on the 85% split (pass as soon as you hit the target), or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **reward cycle** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing **will require** **4 minimum profitable days before** **each reward can be requested.** What counts as a trade idea A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. Minimum profitable days on the Master Account If the policy is triggered, your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before you can request a reward. A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least **0.5% of the account's initial balance** on the Master Account. The 4 days do not need to be consecutive. Passing the evaluation is not affected Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The policy only affects when you can request your reward on the Master Account. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Your equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea Limit 3% / 2% Master Account only. 3% at $25K, 2% above $25K. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Your equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Your equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Account Only Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts only, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K accounts:** No Restrictions - **$25K accounts:** 3% of the Master Account Size. - **Accounts above $25K:** 2% of the Master Account Size. * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** A single trade loss of $2K or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $250 - Trade 3 loss: $200 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2K = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$450 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$300 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2K = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits depending on the violated rule. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds Soft Breach: Profits Removed We use **Forex Factory** as our official news source. High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red. You can also access the calendar directly through your dashboard. Evaluation Stage There are **no restrictions** on holding trades during news events during either evaluation phase. You are free to manage your trades as you see fit. Important Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect since 29 January 2026: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades opened or closed within this window will not be counted on the Master Account. The full profit of the affected trade is deducted, not just the portion earned during the window. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 85% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased on 15 August 2026 onwards). How you qualify depends on the cycle and split you choose. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 85% 85% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly85% Split Request a Reward with an **85% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split Request a Reward with a **95% split** every **14 calendar days** after the first executed trade, plus **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of the starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - 3 profitable days are needed within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 15 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased on **15 August 2026** onwards. Request a Reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar** **days** after the first executed trade on the Master Account. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** within the current 30-day cycle, each with profit of **0.5% or more** of the starting account size. - The account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If your Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If you breach Phase 1 or Phase 2 through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on your dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts you at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and you will also receive an email notification. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. Profitable days are how you qualify in each phase on the 95% split, and how you qualify for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. You choose the 85% or 95% split when you buy the account, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, you also need 3 profitable days in the cycle. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request whenever you are ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a maximum of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 3f72c6dec72f7873752686c0a350305257ff0f4b74fbeff4dd9b851243c62f98
Version 18/17/2026, 11:45:36 AM
2 Step Flex Model Two phases. Two ways to earn. 2 Step Flex is a two-phase evaluation. You pass Phase 1 and Phase 2, then trade a Master Account. When you buy, you choose how you earn your rewards: an 85% split, passing each phase on its profit target, or a 95% split based on profitable days. Your choice is locked for the life of the account, and both cost the same. - **2-phase evaluation**: Phase 1 (10%) + Phase 2 (6%) with an 85% split with no minimum trading days, or a 95% split with 3 profitable days (≥ 0.5% each). - **Flexible, bi-weekly rewards**: Choose your reward split! Get an 85% split with no minimum trading days, or 95% on profitable days. - **1:100 Forex leverage**: The highest standard Forex leverage available across all models. - **Generous loss limits**: Trade comfortably with a 4% daily and 12% maximum loss limit. - **Account sizes**: $5K, $10K, $25K, $50K, and $100K. Evaluation to Master PhaseAccount ViolationsAdditional GuidelinesRewardsTrading Conditions Tests your trading skills and builds your trading profile. Phase 1 - Achieve a **10% profit target** during Phase 1. - **No minimum trading days** on the 85% split (pass as soon as you hit the target), or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Confirms your consistency and validates your Phase 1 performance. Phase 2 - Achieve a **6% profit target** during Phase 2. - **No minimum trading days** on the 85% split (pass as soon as you hit the target), or **3 profitable days** on the 95% split. - Adhere to all trading rules and risk limits. Account Reset A second chance built for momentum. If your account is breached due to trading behavior, risk violations, or inactivity breaches, you can restart quickly without changing your setup with a discounted reset shown below. - **Phase 1 Reset:** 15% off the purchase price - **Phase 2 Reset:** 10% off the purchase price - **Master Account Reset:** 7% off the purchase price (excluding $100K accounts) - A non-USD account resets as a USD account. - Available only within **7 calendar days** of the breach - Keeps the same **account size** - Keeps the same **reward cycle** - Keeps the same **trading platform** - If a Phase 2 or Master Account is reset, it restarts from Phase 1 The reset option will appear automatically on your dashboard once your account qualifies. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing **will require** **4 minimum profitable days before** **each reward can be requested.** What counts as a trade idea A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. Minimum profitable days on the Master Account If the policy is triggered, your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before you can request a reward. A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least **0.5% of the account's initial balance** on the Master Account. The 4 days do not need to be consecutive. Passing the evaluation is not affected Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The policy only affects when you can request your reward on the Master Account. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. ## The Master Account Evaluation Complete Once you successfully pass both phases, you will be offered the opportunity to trade on a Master Account. For setup instructions, [click here](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48636294148497-Master-Account-Setup). Account Violations: Hard Breach Hard breaches are serious violations of our established rules. Committing a hard breach will result in the immediate closure of your account with no grace period. ## Hard Breaches Hard Breach: Immediate Account Closure Immediate account termination with no grace period. Click any card to learn more. Max Loss Limit 12% Your equity or balance cannot hit 12% below the starting account size at any time. How is it calculated? ↓ Daily Loss Limit 4% Max daily loss from the higher of opening balance or equity. How is it calculated? ↓ Risk Per Trade Idea Limit 3% / 2% Master Account only. 3% at $25K, 2% above $25K. How are trade ideas grouped? ↓ Inactivity 30 days Account breached if no completed trades within 30 consecutive days. What counts as activity? ↓ How is the Max Loss Limit calculated? **Max Loss Limit: 12%** of the starting account size. This is a static floor; it never moves. Your equity or balance cannot touch this level at any point across both phases and the Master Account, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 Worked example Account size: **$100K** 12% of $100K = $12K. Your equity or balance cannot drop to **$88K** at any point. How is the Daily Loss Limit calculated? **Daily Loss Limit: 4%** of the higher value between your opening balance or opening equity for that day. At the start of each trading day, the system records both your balance and your equity. Whichever is higher becomes the baseline. Your equity cannot fall by more than 4% of that baseline at any point during the day, including floating losses from open trades. * * * 1 When equity is the higher value Opening balance: **$105K** / Opening equity: **$107K** Baseline = $107K (equity is higher) 4% of $107K = $4,280. Your equity cannot drop to **$102,720** that day. 2 When balance is the higher value Opening balance: **$100K** / Opening equity: **$99K** Baseline = $100K (balance is higher) 4% of $100K = $4K. Your equity cannot drop to **$96K** that day. Important Both floating P&L and closed positions count toward the daily loss. The limit resets at **00:00 Platform Time (UTC+3)**. Check the countdown timer on your FundingPips dashboard. What counts as a Risk Per Trade Idea? Master Account Only Risk Per Trade Idea does not apply during the evaluation phases. It is enforced on Master Accounts only, including merged accounts. [Learn more about Risk Per Trade Idea here.](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/48174287980177-Risk-Per-Trade-Idea) The max loss allowed on a single trade idea on your Master Account, including both realized and unrealized losses across all related positions. - **Below $25K accounts:** No Restrictions - **$25K accounts:** 3% of the Master Account Size. - **Accounts above $25K:** 2% of the Master Account Size. * * * 1 Single Trades Your biggest loss on any single trade must not reach the limit for your account size. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** A single trade loss of $750 or more = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** A single trade loss of $2K or more = Breach 2 Same Trade Idea: Combined Positions Multiple positions on the same pair active at the same time are treated as one trade idea. Combined losses (including unrealized) must not reach the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** Three concurrent buys on EURUSD: - Trade 1 loss: $300 - Trade 2 loss: $250 - Trade 3 loss: $200 Combined: $750 = Breach, even if Trade 1 is still open $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** Three concurrent sells on XAUUSD: - Trade 1 floating loss: $900 - Trade 2 floating loss: $700 - Trade 3 floating loss: $400 Combined: $2K = Breach, regardless of whether trades remain open 3 Splitting a Trade: The 10 Minute Rule Each new position opened in the same direction within **10 minutes** of closing a losing trade is part of the same trade idea, regardless of how many. The combined loss across all of them is assessed against the limit. $25K account Limit: 3% = **$750** - Trade 1: closed at **$450 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$300 loss** Combined: $750 = Breach $100K account Limit: 2% = **$2K** - Trade 1: closed at **$1,200 loss** - Trade 2: reopened same direction within 10 min, **$800 loss** Combined: $2K = Breach What counts as activity? Your account is breached if no trades are completed in **30 consecutive calendar days**. At least one complete trade, opened and fully closed, must occur within any 30-day window to keep the account active. * * * 1 When the inactivity clock starts - **No trades placed yet:** the clock starts from the account creation date. - **Previously traded:** the clock starts the day after your last trade was fully closed. 2 Open trades do not count A trade only counts as activity once it is fully closed. Leaving a trade open does not reset or pause the inactivity timer. Additional Guidelines: Soft Breach Soft breaches do not lead to account closure, but may result in restrictions such as limited access or removal of profits depending on the violated rule. ## News Trading & Weekend Holds Soft Breach: Profits Removed We use **Forex Factory** as our official news source. High-impact events and speeches are highlighted in red. You can also access the calendar directly through your dashboard. Evaluation Stage There are **no restrictions** on holding trades during news events during either evaluation phase. You are free to manage your trades as you see fit. Important Purposely trading news is prohibited and will lead to account closure. Weekend holds are permitted during evaluation phases with no restrictions. Master Account Weekend Holds: Temporarily Not Allowed A temporary change is in effect since 29 January 2026: holding trades over the weekend is currently **not allowed** on 2 Step Flex Master Accounts. Ensure all trades are closed before market close on Friday. Any open trades will be automatically closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. You can hold trades during news events on the Master Account, however specific rules apply to trades opened or closed near high-impact news events. * * * 1 The 10-minute restricted window You cannot open or close positions within a **10-minute window** surrounding a high-impact news event (red folder only) on the affected currencies. This window spans 5 minutes before and 5 minutes after the event. For high-impact speeches, the window spans 5 minutes before the speech begins until 5 minutes after it concludes. Profits from trades opened or closed within this window will not be counted on the Master Account. The full profit of the affected trade is deducted, not just the portion earned during the window. 2 Swing trader exception: the 5-hour rule Trades opened **5 hours or more before** a high-impact event or speech are excluded from the restriction and can be closed within the restricted window. Profits from these trades will count. Examples - **Related currency:** if news affects USD, you cannot open or close trades on any USD-related pairs within the 10-minute window. - **Trade opened 30 minutes before the event:** closing it within the window will result in those profits not being counted. Trading Rule Clarification - **Trades opened more than 5 hours before the news:** profits will count if closed within the 10-minute window. - **Trades opened less than 5 hours before the news:** profits will not count if closed during the 10-minute window. - Closing any partial orders will affect the entire order, leading to a news trading flag. - Traders are responsible for violations if deductions exceed the daily or max loss limit. Rewards: Minimum Amount The minimum reward request is **1% of the Master Account Size** (including FundingPips' split). Transfers are subject to exchange rates and transaction fees. ## Reward Cycle Rewards run on two cycles: **Bi-Weekly** (choose an 85% or 95% split at purchase) or **Monthly** (100% split, available on Master Accounts purchased after 14 August 2026). How you qualify depends on the cycle and split you choose. There is no Consistency Score on either Bi-Weekly split. Click a card to learn more. Bi-Weekly, 85% 85% Every 14 calendar days, no other requirement. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly, 95% 95% Every 14 calendar days, plus 3 profitable days per cycle. How does this work? ↓ Monthly, 100% 100% Every 30 calendar days, plus eligibility conditions. How does this work? ↓ Bi-Weekly85% Split On the 85% split you can request a reward every **14 calendar days** after your first executed trade on your Master Account. The 14-day timer is the only gate. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Bi-Weekly95% Split On the 95% split you can request a reward every **14 calendar days** after your first executed trade, and you also need **3 profitable days** in the cycle. A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. How It Works - The 14-day timer alone is not enough on the 95% split. - You need 3 profitable days within the cycle to qualify. - The profitable-day count resets after each reward. Monthly100% Split Effective 14 August 2026 Applies to Master Accounts purchased after **14 August 2026**. On the Monthly cycle you can request a reward with a **100% split** every **30 calendar** **days** after your first executed trade on your Master Account. The cycle resets after each successfully processed reward. Eligibility Requirements - A **35% consistency score** must be achieved: no single trading day can account for more than 35% of total profit. This resets after each reward. - At least **7 profitable days** within the current 30-day cycle, each with profit of **0.5% or more** of your starting account size. - Your account is placed under the **Striking** **System**, at a **1% of account size** warning trigger, at every account size. This is new for 2 Step Flex: the Striking System does not apply on either Bi-Weekly split. ## Profit Concentration Policy Evaluation Phase · $25,000 and above The Profit Concentration Policy brings more clarity and clear expectations to how evaluation results are assessed. If a single trade idea accounts for more than **60% of the profit target** in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing **will require** **4 minimum profitable days before** **each reward can be requested.** What counts as a trade idea A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. Minimum profitable days on the Master Account If the policy is triggered, your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before you can request a reward. A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least **0.5% of the account's initial balance** on the Master Account. The 4 days do not need to be consecutive. Passing the evaluation is not affected Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The policy only affects when you can request your reward on the Master Account. Which accounts are affected This policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above, created on or after June 27, 2026. Existing Evaluation accounts are not affected. - Evaluation accounts created before June 27, 2026 are not subject to this policy. - If you are currently in Phase 1 and pass after June 27, 2026, the new Phase 2 account will be subject to this policy. - If you are already in Phase 2 as of June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply, even after passing. - Any new Evaluation account created on or after June 27, 2026 is subject to this policy. Trading Conditions: Execution Parameters Understand the mechanics of your Master Account. This includes your purchasing power, trade costs, and execution limits. Temporary Update: Master Accounts Only - Weekend holds are currently **not allowed**. Close all trades before Friday market close. Any open trades will be closed by the system; this is not a hard breach. - Dynamic leverage has been applied to Metals, Energies, and Indices on Master Accounts. See the **Important Information** section below. ## Swap-Free Add-On Available at purchase for traders observing Islamic finance principles. Removes overnight swap charges on eligible instruments. During purchase, traders can select the Swap-Free add-on to hold positions overnight without incurring swap (interest) fees. MT5 Only This add-on is exclusively available on MetaTrader 5\. It is not supported on cTrader or Match-Trader. - Applies to **Forex and Metals** only. - Energies, Indices, and Crypto still incur standard swap charges even with the add-on active. ## Commission Standard accounts use the base commission structure. Accounts with the Swap-Free Add-on (MT5 only) pay higher commission in exchange for no overnight swap fees. Crypto Commission Formula Lot size x crypto price x 0.04%. For example, 1 lot of ETH/USD at $2,600 = **$1.04** commission. | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Metals | $5 per lot | $10 per lot | | Energies / Indices | No commission | No commission | | Crypto | 0.04% | 0.04% | ## Leverage | Instrument | Standard Account | Swap-Free Account (MT5) | | --- | --- | --- | | Forex | 1:100 | 1:30 | | Metals | 1:30 | 1:10 | | Energies | 1:10 | 1:5 | | Indices | 1:20 | 1:5 | | Crypto | 1:2 | 1:1 | When you pass Phase 2 and move to the Master Account, Crypto leverage changes from 1:2 to 1:1, including on swap-free accounts. This is a temporary change and is separate from the Dynamic Leverage below. During the evaluation phases, Crypto leverage stays at 1:2. ## Important Information We actively monitor market conditions and geopolitical developments to ensure a safe and stable trading environment. When volatility, liquidity, or overall risk levels change, we may adjust trading conditions as needed. This can include temporary changes to leverage and margin requirements. All updates will be communicated to clients promptly by email. ## Leverage Update: Effective 16 March 2026 at 23:59 Server Time (UTC+3) ### Temporary Dynamic Leverage Dynamic leverage is designed to give you more trading flexibility while maintaining responsible risk controls. Instead of applying a single fixed leverage ratio to your entire position, it uses a tiered structure where smaller trade lot sizes benefit from higher leverage, and the ratio gradually decreases as your position size grows. The temporary Dynamic Leverage is applied to Metals, Indices, and Energies on Master Accounts. ### Dynamic Leverage Tiers | Lot Size | Leverage | | --- | --- | | 0.00 - 0.05 lots | 1:50 | | 0.05 - 0.10 lots | 1:30 | | 0.10 - 0.15 lots | 1:25 | | 0.15 - 0.25 lots | 1:20 | | 0.25 - 0.50 lots | 1:10 | | 0.50 and above lots | 1:5 | Example The first 0.05 lots of any position uses 1:50 leverage, meaning you only need a small fraction of the trade's full value as margin. As your position grows beyond that, each additional portion requires progressively more margin (stepping through 1:30, 1:25, 1:20, and 1:10) until any volume above 0.50 lots uses the base rate of 1:5. Your margin requirement is calculated cumulatively, each tier only applies to the portion of volume within its range, not your entire position. So, you always benefit from the lower tiers, no matter how large your trade becomes. ## Lot Size Limit 20-Lot Max per Click / Trade A hard 20-lot limit is enforced at the platform level on every single trade. This cannot be overridden regardless of your margin or leverage allowance. For crypto specifically, a separate 1-lot limit per click applies and is the binding restriction. ## Frequently Asked Questions Common questions about the topics covered on this page. Evaluation to Master Phase Is there a time limit to pass the evaluation? No. There is no time limit on either phase. You can take as long as you need, as long as you complete at least one trade every 30 days to avoid inactivity and follow all trading rules throughout. When will I receive my Phase 2 account after passing Phase 1? Once you've finished all your Phase 1 objectives, your Phase 2 account will be ready! You can find your new login details right on your dashboard under Credentials. When will I receive my Master Account after passing Phase 2? After passing Phase 2, the Master Account is issued once the standard Master Account onboarding process is complete. This includes KYC verification, a review by the Responsible Trading Team (up to 2 working days), Customer Agreement signing, and connection to the risk management framework (a further 2 working days). If my open trades are showing a profit above the target, have I passed? No. To pass either phase, you need to reach the profit target with all open trades closed. Profits from trades that are still open do not count, even if they are showing a gain above the target. My account was closed for inactivity. Can I get an Evaluation Reset? Yes. Resets are now available for inactivity breaches, with discounts based on the account phase. If your Phase 1, Phase 2, or Master Account is breached, a Reset option will appear on your dashboard within 7 calendar days of the breach. Phase 1 resets receive a 15% discount, Phase 2 resets receive a 10% discount, and Master Account resets receive a 7% discount. All reset accounts restart at Evaluation Phase 1. What happens if I breach during a phase? Can I reset? Yes. If you breach Phase 1 or Phase 2 through trading behavior or a risk-limit violation, an Evaluation Reset at a 10% discount appears automatically on your dashboard, available for 7 calendar days after the breach. It restarts you at Phase 1, even if Phase 2 was breached, and keeps the same account number, account size, reward cycle, and trading platform. It does not apply to a breached Master Account or to an account closed for inactivity. Account Violations If my account drops below the limit for just a moment and then recovers, is it still a violation? Yes. The moment your account value touches or drops below the limit, even briefly, it is counted as a violation. It does not matter if the account recovers right after. My trade hit the loss limit during the day but closed in profit. Is my account still violated? Yes. The violation is confirmed the moment the limit is touched. Even if the trade turns around and closes in profit, the account remains violated because the rule was broken at some point during the trade. Does the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit apply during the phases? No. It applies on the Master Account only: 3% at $25K and 2% above $25K. It does not apply below $25K, and it does not apply during Phase 1 or Phase 2. If one trade is profitable, can it cancel out a loss on another trade for the risk limit? No. Profits from one trade cannot be used to offset losses from another when calculating the Risk Per Trade Idea Limit. What happens if I do not trade for a while? If no trade is completed for 30 consecutive calendar days, the account is closed for inactivity. At least one fully closed trade within any 30-day window keeps the account active. What happens if I break one of the trading rules? Your account is immediately locked. Any open trades are closed automatically, and the account switches to view-only mode. Your dashboard will show exactly which rule was broken and when, and you will also receive an email notification. Additional Guidelines Does the news trading restriction apply to all order types? Yes. The news window restriction on the Master Account applies to all order types. Opening or closing any position type within the restricted window on the affected currency will result in those profits not being counted. Can I hold trades over the weekend? A temporary change since 29 January 2026 means weekend holds are currently not allowed on the Master Account. Any open trades are closed automatically before the weekend, which is not a hard breach. During the evaluation phases, weekend holds are permitted. Rewards What counts as a profitable day? A profitable day is a day whose profit is at least 0.5% of your starting account size. Profitable days are how you qualify in each phase on the 95% split, and how you qualify for a reward on the 95% split. Can I change my reward split after I buy? No. You choose the 85% or 95% split when you buy the account, and the choice is locked for the life of the account. Both cost the same. When can I request my first reward? On the 85% split, 14 calendar days after your first executed trade on the Master Account. On the 95% split, you also need 3 profitable days in the cycle. The minimum reward request is 1% of the Master Account Size, including FundingPips' split. My reward date has passed but I am not ready to request yet. Will I lose it? No. Once your reward cycle is complete, it stays available until you choose to request it. You can submit the request whenever you are ready. Trading Conditions How many lots can I open at once on crypto? You can open a maximum of 1 lot per click on crypto, as long as your account has enough available margin. Profit Concentration Policy Which account model does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to? The Profit Concentration Policy applies to newly created Evaluation accounts at $25,000 and above across all models with an evaluation phase: 1 Step, 2 Step Standard, 2 Step Pro, and 2 Step Flex. It does not apply to Zero accounts, as Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. What counts as a trade idea under this policy? A trade idea is a single trade, or multiple positions on the same instrument in the same direction, including any new position opened within 10 minutes of closing a losing trade. All of these positions are grouped and assessed together when measuring profit concentration. What happens if a single trade idea exceeds 60% of the profit target? If a single trade idea accounts for more than 60% of the profit target in any evaluation phase, the Master Account created after passing will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The evaluation result itself is not affected. What are the 4 minimum profitable days on the Master Account? A profitable day is a trading day where net realized profit is at least 0.5% of the account's initial balance on the Master Account. You need 4 of these days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. The days do not need to be consecutive. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to my existing evaluation account? If your evaluation account was created before June 27, 2026, this policy does not apply. Only evaluation accounts created on or after June 27, 2026 are subject to this policy. Does the Profit Concentration Policy apply to Zero accounts? No. Zero is an instant Master Account with no evaluation phase. The Profit Concentration Policy applies during evaluation phases only, so Zero accounts are not affected. Does triggering the 60% threshold mean I fail the evaluation? No. Triggering the 60% threshold does not fail the evaluation. You still pass normally. The only consequence is that your Master Account will require 4 minimum profitable days before each reward request, for the lifetime of the Master Account. ## Related articles - [2 Step Standard](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBGEExRhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI2L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAxODA5MTEyMDgxLTItU3RlcC1TdGFuZGFyZAY7CFQ6CXJhbmtpBg%3D%3D--7b7bb73a623de32ab4d6bf695b4d8e60d898722d) - [2 Step Pro Model](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF4FSFhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMDI3MzQ0MDE3LTItU3RlcC1Qcm8tTW9kZWwGOwhUOglyYW5raQc%3D--ed04739e2d15382d6e15715f0f01ada9e12078ab) - [Get Started](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCBHAvIVfKDoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSIyL2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ0MzkwNzMwNzQzODI1LUdldC1TdGFydGVkBjsIVDoJcmFua2kI--61fd2b25dfbb9b3cd867ca109498f5bc1215dcfe) - [FundingPips Zero](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJF32ihhHzoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI3L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzM0NTAyMTU3Njk0ODY1LUZ1bmRpbmdQaXBzLVplcm8GOwhUOglyYW5raQk%3D--f733bfd965c021ad92fb182504991fbf05afadd1) - [1K Instant Giveaway](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/related/click?data=BAh7CjobZGVzdGluYXRpb25fYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJEjR6GQKjoYcmVmZXJyZXJfYXJ0aWNsZV9pZGwrCJGq4X%2BBKzoLbG9jYWxlSSIKZW4tdXMGOgZFVDoIdXJsSSI6L2hjL2VuLXVzL2FydGljbGVzLzQ2ODAwNjY5NDUxMTUzLTFLLUluc3RhbnQtR2l2ZWF3YXkGOwhUOglyYW5raQo%3D--5c61f9d214ce005843b4eb3c23d7c5fa578f40d8) Support ## Still Need Help? Let’s chat Live Chat Online now Chat with us Our community Discord Ask 230,000+ traders [Open Discord](https://discord.com/invite/fundingpips) Send us a message Email Available 24/7 [Send an email](mailto:[email protected]) Search × [View all results →](https://help.fundingpips.com/hc/en-us/articles/47835196271249-2-Step-Flex#) **Search the Help Center** Type to instantly search articles, guides, and policies. Searching… **No results found** Try different keywords.
SHA-256 60d4aef693686ae98ad1df36993ea6288f00b0fd98dcb88a6ab6636151cea59e